<<

AUG 2020

2020 IPR IN SOCIETY REPORT How Americans Perceive Intentionally Misleading or

Published by the Institute for Public Relations

By Tina McCorkindale Ph.D., APR A LETTER TO THE READER: WHY RESEARCHING DISINFORMATION IS IMPORTANT

In 2018, the Institute for Public Relations Board of Trustees decided to investigate the impact of disinformation based on the rise of and deep fake videos. In 2019, IPR published our rst report focused on disinformation. We are thrilled to now publish the second annual “IPR Disinformation in Society Report.”

First, it’s essential to understand how disinformation inuences society. In 2019, a study by Oxford University found evidence that organized manipulation campaigns have taken place in 70 countries, a 150% increase from when they started collecting data in 2017. Studies have also investigated the inuence of disinformation on the 2016 U.S. presidential election. Based on an analysis of Twitter, a 2018 Knight Foundation report determined many of the accounts INTRODUCTION active in the 2016 election disinformation campaigns continue to operate, despite clear evidence of automated activity.

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in The 2020 U.S. presidential election will be no exception to the threat of disinformation, perpetuated by “foreign malicious actors” who want to “undermine our democratic institutions,” according to the U.S. Department of Justice. Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as Disinformation will increase dramatically in intensity and frequency as the 2020 election in November draws near. deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. Research demonstrates that disinformation erodes trust in society and democratic institutions. Published in Harvard’s The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Misinformation Review, researchers found that fake news exposure lowers trust in the media, but may also increase trust Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties in when one’s side is in power. However, trust in government is still low. The 2020 Edelman Trust Barometer found that none of the four societal institutions—government, , NGOs, and media—are trusted. This erosion of most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American trust compromises the ability of leaders to make decisions. public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat In 2018, the Rand Corporation published a report, Truth Decay, identifying four interrelated trends that increasingly have disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing had an impact on national political and civil discourse over the past 20 years. These include: society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do • Increasing disagreement about facts and data not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and • A blurring of the line between opinion and fact the perceived impact of disinformation on society. • The increasing relative volume and resulting inuence of opinion over fact • Declining trust in formerly respected sources of factual information. The researchers then identi ed the four eects of truth decay at the personal, community, national, and international levels: While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use • Erosion of civil discourse the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistently and has • Political paralysis multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and • Alienation and disengagement from political institutions misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or • Uncertainty over national policy

biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender Increases in technological sophistication and the connectedness of networks have led to frequent blending of facts, having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for opinions, and misinformation, according to Dr. Michael Dimock, President of Pew Research Center.

consistency and clarity in terminology. Disinformation sows the seeds of doubt, creating what Dr. Kevin Young of The Schomburg Center refers to as the “colonization of doubt.” Dr. Young says disinformation creates mistrust in truths, which deteriorates trust overall in institutions to the detriment of society. Special thanks to our sponsors: We anticipate this problem will grow as technology costs decrease, sophistication increases, and the successes of disinformation campaigns continue. IPR plans to continue studying the impact of disinformation on society as we believe it has critical implications not just for our profession but for society and our democratic processes as well. As communicators, we need to be more vigilant than ever to de ne what is, or is not, true.

Tina McCorkindale, Ph.D., APR Report Author and President and CEO Institute for Public Relations

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 1 While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease trust local . Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “”). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, A growing number of people are not going to other and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). HERE every day. Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements.

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents.

For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). agencies such as the CDC.

• Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while 29% consider major trustworthy.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%). Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with these statements.

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

A LETTER TO THE READER: WHY RESEARCHING DISINFORMATION IS IMPORTANT Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. In 2018, the Institute for Public Relations Board of Trustees decided to investigate the impact of disinformation based on Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New the rise of fake news and deep fake videos. In 2019, IPR published our rst report focused on disinformation. We are thrilled to now publish the second annual “IPR Disinformation in Society Report.” York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 First, it’s essential to understand how disinformation inuences society. In 2019, a study by Oxford University found percentage points). evidence that organized social campaigns have taken place in 70 countries, a 150% increase from when they started collecting data in 2017. Studies have also investigated the inuence of disinformation on the 2016 U.S. presidential election. Based on an analysis of Twitter, a 2018 Knight Foundation report determined many of the accounts While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and INTRODUCTION active in the 2016 election disinformation campaigns continue to operate, despite clear evidence of automated activity. and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in The 2020 U.S. presidential election will be no exception to the threat of disinformation, perpetuated by “foreign public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. malicious actors” who want to “undermine our democratic institutions,” according to the U.S. Department of Justice. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as Disinformation will increase dramatically in intensity and frequency as the 2020 election in November draws near. deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets Research demonstrates that disinformation erodes trust in society and democratic institutions. Published in Harvard’s misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Misinformation Review, researchers found that fake news exposure lowers trust in the media, but may also increase trust than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties in government when one’s side is in power. However, trust in government is still low. The 2020 Edelman Trust Barometer found that none of the four societal institutions—government, business, NGOs, and media—are trusted. This erosion of partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American trust compromises the ability of leaders to make decisions. newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving In 2018, the Rand Corporation published a report, Truth Decay, identifying four interrelated trends that increasingly have at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing had an impact on national political and civil discourse over the past 20 years. These include: outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”). society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do • Increasing disagreement about facts and data not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and A growing number of people are not going to other • A blurring of the line between opinion and fact Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources the perceived impact of disinformation on society. sources to verify information. • The increasing relative volume and resulting inuence of opinion over fact that spread disinformation to the public. • Declining trust in formerly respected sources of factual information. The researchers then identi ed the four Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for eects of truth decay at the personal, community, national, and international levels: While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along • Erosion of civil discourse reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistently and has • Political paralysis “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and • Alienation and disengagement from political institutions misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or • Uncertainty over national policy A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender Increases in technological sophistication and the connectedness of networks have led to frequent blending of facts, be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. opinions, and misinformation, according to Dr. Michael Dimock, President of Pew Research Center. most responsible for combatting disinformation and the having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. consistency and clarity in terminology. Disinformation sows the seeds of doubt, creating what Dr. Kevin Young of The Schomburg Center refers to as the responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting “colonization of doubt.” Dr. Young says disinformation creates mistrust in truths, which deteriorates trust overall in considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” institutions to the detriment of society. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar Special thanks to our sponsors: gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news We anticipate this problem will grow as technology costs decrease, sophistication increases, and the successes of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress disinformation campaigns continue. IPR plans to continue studying the impact of disinformation on society as we or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. believe it has critical implications not just for our profession but for society and our democratic processes as well. As (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. communicators, we need to be more vigilant than ever to de ne what is, or is not, true. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize

news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

Tina McCorkindale, Ph.D., APR Steve Cody Report Author and President and CEO Chair of the IPR Board of Trustees Institute for Public Relations CEO and Founder, Peppercomm

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 2 While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New 12 key f indings York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. 1 Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for 2 other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source 3 Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

*Misinformation is de ned as “false information that is spread, regardless whether there is an intent to mislead” and **Disinformation as “deliberately misleading or biased information.”

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 4 While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New 4 York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). 5 Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent 6 with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting 7 considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). 8 Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 5 While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other 9 security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. 10 disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The 11 Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as 12 • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 6 Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). FULL HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as FINDINGS and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 7 Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 one problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other ISSUES AND PROBLEMS security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two IN THE U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. Infectious disease outbreaks and health care costs were the most signi cant from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of issues facing Americans in 2020. of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. TOP 12 ISSUES FACING AMERICANS Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a % WHO SAY THIS ISSUE IS A MAJOR PROBLEMS agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), 11% undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and Health The Infectious care Government Misinformation The budget disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat disease costs corruption in the news* economy deficit advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while outbreaks 72% 64% 61% 60% 59% to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 74% 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements. 8% 6% • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%). Illegal Funding Disinformation drug use social Gun Political in the news* or abuse Crime security Violence partisanship 58% 55% 55% 55% 54% 53%

8% 21% 20% 14%

Note: Arrows represent a decrease/increase from 2019. No arrow indicates new in 2020.

*Misinformation was de ned as “false information that is spread, regardless whether there is an intent to mislead,” while **disinformation was de ned as “deliberately misleading or biased information.”

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 8 Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. DON’T disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar DO AMERICANS KNOW may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is 8% gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of BELIEVE FALSE combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), NEWS OR YES (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with DISINFORMATION INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). 84% every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE IS A PROBLEM Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to IN THE U.S.?* NO Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as 9% and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. WHAT IS THE IMPACT OF points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. DISINFORMATION ON SOCIETY? Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” DISINFORMATION IS A DISINFORMATION IS UNDERMINING include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), THREAT TO OUR DEMOCRACY * OUR ELECTION PROCESS * and celebrities (40%). Agree: 72% Agree: 69% Neither Agree Nor Disagree: 14% Neither Agree Nor Disagree: 17% Disagree: 6% Disagree: 5% Don’t know: 7% Don’t know: 8%

** The survey was conducted before the following the murder of George Floyd. * Due to rounding, percentages may not always add up to 100%

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 9 Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. two Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure MOST TRUSTWORTHY trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. SOURCES FOR ACCURATE said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four NEWS AND INFORMATION the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms Americans don't place a lot of trust in sources. agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). Information Sources with the Highest Trust Scores local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST      ­    me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.              

                  

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 10

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

% WHO SAY _____ IS AN AT LEAST “SOMEWHAT” TRUSTWORTHY SOURCE OF INFORMATION

80% President Trump Local TV News FOX NEWS 60% FOX TV Local newspapers CBS (TV) The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included ABC (TV) NPR NBC (TV) the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%). 40% The Wall Street Journal College/Univ Professors Journalists USA Today MSNBC Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust CNN The Washington Post in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” 20% The New York Times as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion Joe Biden Late Night TV on the trustworthiness of their employer. (e.g., The Daily Show) REPUBLICANS NO LEAN TRUST SOURCE NO LEAN TRUST REPUBLICANS 0% Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were

“not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), DEMOCRATS NO LEAN TRUST SOURCE Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 11

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major of the amount of disinformation. problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). three the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans SOURCES RESPONSIBLE Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President FOR SPREADING For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve DISINFORMATION • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” TOP 20 SOURCES RESPONSIBLE FOR include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of SPREADING DISINFORMATION TO THE PUBLIC Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how PERCENTAGE SAYING SOURCE SHOULD disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. INFORMATION SOURCE BE “SOMEWHAT” RESPONSIBLE FOR Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible COMBATTING DISINFORMATION to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. Facebook 70% blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST Politicians 70% me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. Fake social media accounts 65% U.S. Government 63% Republican senators and members of Congress 62% Political activist groups 61% Journalists 61% Democratic senators and members of Congress 60% President Donald Trump 57% Twitter 57% The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included Marketers and Advertisers 57% the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%). Fox News (TV) 55% Chinese government 55% Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust Public relations professionals 54% in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” Major companies/corporations 53% as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion Internet search engines 51% on the trustworthiness of their employer. Celebrities 51% CNN 51% Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Russian government 51% providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were YouTube 50% “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), FOX (TV) 50% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). *Disinformation was de ned as “deliberately misleading or biased information.”

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 12

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.”These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 13

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more four respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, RESPONSIBILITY percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that FOR COMBATTING (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively). One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” DISINFORMATION trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

WHO SHOULD COMBAT DISINFORMATION? Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” Percentage Saying Source HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Information Source Should be “VERY” Responsible Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. for Combatting Disinformation THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t President Donald Trump 63% want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were U.S. Government 62% recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Congress 61% Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 61% are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve Journalists 61% percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are Cable news (e.g., Fox News, MSNBC) 57% “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019. Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 57% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 56% More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in The Supreme Court 54% combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? Local broadcast TV news 54% advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%). Local newspapers 52% Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Radio news (e.g., NPR) 52% Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether Joe Biden 51% disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell Fact-checking websites 50% of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

*Disinformation was de ned as “deliberately misleading or biased information.”

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 14

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, HOW WELL SOURCES ARE percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that COMBATTING DISINFORMATION (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively). One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of IN THE MEDIA HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%).

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very WHO IS DOING A GOOD JOB AT responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very COMBATTING DISINFORMATION? responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not Percentage Saying Group/ The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included signi cant regarding this responsibility. Group or Individual Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%). People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust Local broadcast TV news 47% their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? Local newspapers 43% business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t The Supreme Court 40% want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. Journalists 39% “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38% percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 15

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major of the amount of disinformation. problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, six Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, NEWS, AND MEDIA percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively).

One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. AT LEAST ONCE A WEEK Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). 25% EVERY DAY OR Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very ALMOST EVERY DAY 49% responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very 7% RARELY OR NEVER responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not signi cant regarding this responsibility. 9% The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included AT LEAST ONCE A MONTH the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities 10% (40%). DON’T KNOW

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t Very confident: 28% want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to Somewhat confident: 49% providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Not very confident: 12% Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve Not at all confident: 3% percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are Don't know: 7% “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019.

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES Always: 13% advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Often: 27% Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Sometimes: 34% Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether Rarely: 14% disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell Never: 6% of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go Don't know/No opinion: 6% only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 16

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 RADIO hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs NEWSPAPERSMAGAZINES 4% 46% compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that 4% (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively). FRIENDS OR FAMILY 4% One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR NEWS ALERTS ON PHONE 4% INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” 10% 16% trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news OTHER 11% NEWS WEBSITES Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. SOCIAL MEDIA THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), HOW OFTEN DO YOU SHARE NEWS & WHY DO RESPONDENTS “RARELY OR NEVER” SHARE Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). OTHER PUBLIC INFORMATION WITH NEWS WITH OTHERS IN THEIR SOCIAL NETWORK? OTHERS IN YOUR SOCIAL NETWORKS?

Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very Every day or almost every day: 21% I don’t use social networks very often: 38% responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very At least once a week: 17% It’s no one’s business what news or information I consume: 29% responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not At least once a month: 8% Unsure of accuracy: 27% signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included Rarely or never: 47% Don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers: 27% the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities Don’t know: 6% (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% I AVOID WATCHING OR LISTENING TO THE NEWS I’M MORE LIKELY TO READ SOURCES OUTSIDE OF THE Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve BECAUSE OF THE AMOUNT OF DISINFORMATION U.S. BECAUSE OF THE DISINFORMATION IN U.S. MEDIA percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are Agree: 31% Agree: 24% “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019. Neither Agree Nor Disagree: 26% Neither Agree Nor Disagree: 24% More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in Disagree: 38% Disagree: 43% combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES Don’t know: 6% Don’t know: 9% advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources.

© AUGUST 2020, INSTITUTE FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS 17

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25% INTRODUCTION

The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are questions about why people do or do not share certain content on social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact of disinformation on society.

While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in terminology.

INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT HERE

Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council and Aac)

Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points).

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news outlets misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently are one of the most trustworthy media sources. than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news sources. partisanship (53%). Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Dr. Penelope The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 without any in 2020 (this is outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). referred to as a “news desert”).

A growing number of people are not going to other Facebook and politicians are considered the top two sources sources to verify information. that spread disinformation to the public. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). Along reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent with Facebook, Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms deemed “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents.

A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source to most responsible for combatting disinformation and the be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being “very perceived performance of those individuals and groups. responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing news combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress or information that misrepresents reality at least once a week. (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost every day. Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very con dent.”

While more than half of Americans see misinformation* Democrats are also more likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and disinformation** as “major problems” in the U.S., the and colleges and universities (+27 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 public’s level of concern declined from 2019 to 2020. percentage points). Sixty-one percent are concerned about misinformation (down from 65% in 2019) and 58% are concerned about disinformation (down from 63%). Nevertheless, INTRODUCTION misinformation and disinformation are deemed to be major problems more frequently Both Democrats and Republicans agree that local news than illegal drug use or abuse (55%), crime (55%), gun violence (54%), and political outlets are one of the most trustworthy media sources. The second annual Institute for Public Relations (IPR) “Disinformation partisanship (53%). Political aliation does not play a role in the perceived trustworthiness of local news in Society” study examines and tracks how disinformation — de ned sources. Overall, 70% say they have at least “some trust” in local broadcast TV news and 60% as deliberately misleading or biased information — is spread in U.S. trust local newspapers. Unfortunately, over the past 15 years, according to a 2020 report by Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said The two most signi cant problems facing Americans in 2020 are infectious disease More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a society. The poll of 2,200 Americans, conducted March 25-27, 2020, Dr. Penelope Muse Abernathy of the University of North Carolina, the U.S. has lost 2,100 it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major outbreaks (74%) and healthcare costs (72%). threat to democracy and undermines the election process. by Morning Consult, explores the prevalence of disinformation in the newspapers, leaving at least 1,800 communities that had a local news outlet in 2004 problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it U.S., the parties most responsible for sharing disinformation, the level without any in 2020 (this is referred to as a “news desert”). ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. A growing number of people are not going to other security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). of trust the American public has for dierent information sources, and whose job it is to combat disinformation. Additionally, the report sources to verify information. Facebook and politicians are considered the top two Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and fell out of the top 12. These focuses on major issues facing society. New in the 2020 report are Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” or “always” go to sources that spreads disinformation to the public. Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined questions about why people do or do not share certain content on other websites or media sources to check whether the news or information they are Seventy percent believe Facebook and politicians are at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public, more so than fake social media accounts (65%). of the amount of disinformation. from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); social media, media consumption habits, and the perceived impact reading is true and accurate fell from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination ** Along with Facebook, Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) are the other social media platforms A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of of disinformation on society. “sometimes” go to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by half or more of the respondents. disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Compared to 2019, Americans were less than concerned about misinformation and disinforma- The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border While some refer to disinformation as “fake news,” this report does A gap exists between who Americans think should be More than 25% of Americans deem every information source tion in the news in 2020. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). not use the label “fake news” since the term is employed inconsistent- most responsible for combatting disinformation and the to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. more serious problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on ly and has multiple interpretations. IPR dierentiates between perceived performance of those individuals and groups. Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, all of them are identi ed as being disinformation and misinformation: Disinformation is the deliberate “very responsible” for combatting disinformation by at least 25% of respondents. The source social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social The top two issues facing Americans, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health care costs Sixty-three percent said President Trump should be “very responsible” for combatting spread of misleading or biased information while misinformation considered least responsible for spreading disinformation is “my employer.” networks very often. (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. disinformation, but only 19% said he was doing “very well” in combatting it. Similar may be spread without the sender having harmful intentions. The Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is gaps were found with those entities who scored the highest in responsibility for report speci cally uses disinformation for consistency and clarity in Nearly three-out-of-four (74%) respondents report seeing they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of combatting disinformation including the U.S. government (62% vs. 10%), Congress people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four terminology. news or information that misrepresents reality at least once respondents, include that they belive it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), (61% vs. 7%), journalists (61% vs. 11%), and federal agencies such as the Centers for percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve a week. And nearly half (49%) see it every day or almost they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with INCLUDE SIDEBAR THAT IS IN THE SAME EMAIL AS AN ATTACHMENT Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (61% vs. 17%). percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). every day. friends/followers (27%). HERE Also, nearly four-in- ve Americans (77%) feel at least “somewhat” con dent in their ability to Special thanks to our sponsors: (insert logos for Public Aairs Council Republicans and Democrats differ widely about the recognize news or information that misrepresents reality or is false, while 12% are “not very For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as and Aac) trustworthiness of news sources and various groups. con dent.” the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. Democrats are more likely than Republicans to trust mainstream media sources such as • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington Post (+27 percentage More than two-thirds of Americans say disinformation is a agencies such as the CDC. points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Republicans are more likely than threat to democracy and undermines the election process. Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 percentage points). Seventy-two percent believe disinformation is a threat to democracy, and 69% say it • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), undermines the election process. Only six percent or fewer disagree with these statements. Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with 29% consider major companies trustworthy. these statements.

• The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Nearly every issue except the economy saw a decline in the percentage of respondents who said Three-in-10 Americans say they avoid the news because it was a “major problem.” New items added to the list in 2020 that were identi ed as “major problems” by more than half of the respondents included infectious disease outbreaks/epidem- of the amount of disinformation. ics/pandemics (74%), government corruption (64%), the budget de cit (59%), funding social A surprising 31% claim they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of security (55%), and political partisanship (53%). disinformation. Additionally, 24% say they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. Several issues experienced major declines from 2019 to 2020 and went o the top-12 list. These included terrorism (declined from 66% in 2019 to 47% in 2020); quality of education (declined Americans who say they “rarely or never” share news on from 62% in 2019 to 49% in 2020); data security (declined from 61% in 2019 to 51% in 2020); illegal immigration (declined from 57% in 2019 to 44% in 2020); and racial discrimination Americans said they were less concerned about misinformation and disinformation than they social media note the primary reason is they don’t use social (declined from 55% in 2019 to 43% in 2020). networks very often. were in 2019. However, both misinformation and disinformation were considered more serious Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President problems than illegal drug use, crime, gun violence, and political partisanship. Thirty-eight percent say the reason they don’t share news with others in their social network is The issues surveyed that were least likely to be identi ed as major problems included border Trump was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or they rarely log in to those networks. Other reasons why, noted by at least one-fourth of security (42%), gender discrimination (32%), and gender identity discrimination (28%). information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of the other hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading In this second annual Institute for Public Relations survey, IPR asked respondents to evaluate the respondents, include that it’s no one’s business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of disinformation, compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than severity of issues facing Americans. The top two, infectious disease outbreaks (74%) and health of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans Democrats to say that journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. care costs (72%), were deemed “major problems” by nearly three-quarters of respondents. said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared 16%, respectively). to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President For the second year in a row, Americans view their family as Both misinformation (61%)* and disinformation (58%)** saw slight decreases in the number of Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), people who said these were major problems compared to 2019. Misinformation was down four the most trustworthy source for accurate news or information. and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along percentage points (from 65% in 2019 to 61% in 2020), and disinformation declined by ve • Other top sources include local broadcast TV news, “people like me,” and federal percentage points (from 63% in 2019 to 58% in 2020). Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%), and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms agencies such as the CDC. conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of • Regarding professions, respondents have at least “some” trust in journalists (45%), Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington disinformation. the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation. families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more followed by public relations professionals (26%), CEOs (21%), and marketers and me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as advertisers (13%). Colleges and universities are viewed as trustworthy by 39%, while likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. 29% consider major companies trustworthy. respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE information sources. (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION? • The least-trusted sources of information that respondents say they do “not trust at all” include the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. and celebrities (40%). local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” Americans were asked the extent to which they agree or disagree with statements about how disinformation has an impact on society. Seventy-two percent said that disinformation is a threat trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible to democracy, and 69% said it undermines the election process. Only 6% or fewer disagreed with sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% these statements. blamed their employer, and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation.

The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion on the trustworthiness of their employer.

Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%).

Overall, 37% said President Donald Trump was trusted “not at all” to provide accurate news or information compared to 31% for Joe Biden. Political parties divided Americans on the level of trust in their information sources. The largest gap was between the perceived trustworthiness of the current U.S. president and the democratic candidate for president. Only 19% of Republicans said they had at least “some trust” in Biden to provide accurate news and information, compared to 64% of Democrats. Conversely, only 15% of Democrats had at least “some trust” in President Trump, compared to 79% of Republicans. Americans place a lot of trust in their families, but that’s about it. Facebook and politicians were considered most responsible for spreading disinformation. Sources considered more liberal were rated more trustworthy by Democrats, and more Of the information sources that Americans say they trust “a lot,” the highest-ranking source is conservative sources were rated higher by Republicans. Democrats were more likely than Methodology families (28%), followed by local broadcast TV news (23%), federal agencies (22%), “people like Facebook (70%), politicians (70%), and fake social media accounts (65%) were the top three sources Republicans to trust mainstream media sources, showcasing a wide gap between the two parties. IN THE PAST WEEK, WHAT HAS BEEN YOUR PRIMARY SOURCE OF NEWS? me” (20%), and President Donald Trump (20%). This nding indicates a major trust de cit as respondents charged as being at least “somewhat” responsible for spreading disinformation to the public. Democrats were more likely to trust The New York Times (+34 percentage points), The Washington families are the only source in which least one-quarter of Americans have a “lot of trust.” Overall, Morning Consult conducted this survey online between March 25-27, 2020 Post (+27 percentage points), and MSNBC (+24 percentage points). Democrats were also more respondents were more likely to have “some” trust rather than “a lot of” trust in each of these Political party lines divided the list of culpable sources. Only 19% of Republicans said President Trump among a national sample of 2,200 adults. The data were weighted to likely than Republicans to trust journalists (+36 percentage points) and colleges/universities (+27 information sources. was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, compared to 56% of Democrats. On the other approximate a target sample of adults based on age, educational attainment, percentage points). Republicans were more likely than Democrats to trust Fox News (+33 hand, 40% of Republicans said Joe Biden was “very responsible” for spreading disinformation, percentage points). Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to trust business CEOs gender, race, and region. Results from the full survey have a margin of error of compared to 14% of Democrats. Republicans were also more likely than Democrats to say that (+15 percentage points) and the U.S. government (+25 percentage points). journalists were “very responsible” for spreading disinformation (43% vs. 16%, respectively). plus or minus two percentage points. One area of agreement between Democrats and Republicans concerned the trustworthiness of HOW OFTEN DO AMERICANS COME ACROSS NEWS OR INFORMATION THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? local newspapers and broadcast TV news. More than half of both parties said they had “some” trust in local newspapers. Similarly, at least two-thirds trust local broadcast news. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation. are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week. About IPR THE IMPACT OF POLITICAL AFFILIATION ON TRUST More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news (47%), Founded in 1956, the Institute for Public Relations is an independent, nonpro t foundation “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping as well. dedicated to the science beneath the art of public relations™. IPR creates, curates, and promotes Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). research and initiatives that empower professionals with actionable insights and intelligence they can put to immediate use. IPR predicts and analyzes global factors transforming the profession, Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very and ampli es and engages the professional globally through thought and responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not programming. All research is available free at www.instituteforpr.org and provides the basis for signi cant regarding this responsibility. The least-trusted sources of information that respondents said they did “not trust at all” included IPR’s professional conferences and events. the Russian government (55%), the Chinese government (53%), TikTok (40%), and celebrities (40%).

Twenty-one percent said they share news and public information every day or almost every day on Several categories were added to the analysis in 2020. Sixty-three percent had at least “some” trust their social channels; however, nearly half of Americans said they rarely or never (47%) share news in federal agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). “My employer” HOW WELL DO AMERICANS FEEL CONFIDENT IN on social media. The most often-cited reason (38%) is that they don’t use social networks very often. Primary Researcher as a source of accurate news and information was trusted by 33%; however, 43% had no opinion THEIR ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE NEWS OR INFORMATION Other reasons noted by at least one-fourth of respondents include the opinion that it’s no one’s on the trustworthiness of their employer. THAT MISREPRESENTS REALITY OR IS FALSE? Tina McCorkindale, APR, Ph.D. and web publishing business what news they consume (29%), they are unsure of the accuracy (27%), and they don’t Institute for Public Relations want to start an argument with friends/followers (27%). Sarah Jackson, Institute for Public Relations Mainstream media sources were considered more trustworthy than most social media sites for Overall, Americans continue to be con dent in their ability to providing accurate news or information. Social media platforms that many Americans said were recognize news or information that mispresents reality or is false. Nikki Kesaris, Institute for Public Relations Contributors “not at all” trustworthy included TikTok (40%), Snapchat (34%), Twitter (32%), Instagram (30%), Four-in- ve Americans said they are con dent in their ability, 28% Steve Cody, Peppercomm Olivia Kresic, Institute for Public Relations Facebook (30%), LinkedIn (23%), and YouTube (18%). are “very con dent,” and 49% are “somewhat con dent.” Twelve Doug Pinkham, Public Aairs Council percent said they are “not very con dent,” while 3% said they are Jasmine Lubin, Institute for Public Relations “not at all con dent.” These are similar ndings to 2019. Taylor Vasquez, Institute for Public Relations

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in Graphic design combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and HOW OFTEN DO PEOPLE GO TO OTHER WEBSITES Britt Buzan, HAMBURGER Creative Brittany Higginbotham, Institute for Public Relations advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general OR MEDIA SOURCES TO VERIFY INFORMATION? public (50%). Disinformation also has an impact on behaviors of Americans and how they consume news. Compared to 2019, the number of Americans who said they “often” Thirty-one percent said they avoid watching or listening to the news because of the amount of Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was or “always” go to other websites or media sources to check whether disinformation. Additionally, 24% said they are more likely to read sources outside the U.S. because doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other the news or information they are reading is true and accurate fell of the amount of disinformation in the U.S. hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to from 47% in 2019 to 40% in 2020. Thirty-four percent “sometimes” go For the full report and charts, please visit the IPR at only 13% of Democrats who gave President Trump a high score. to other sources, while 20% “rarely” or “never” check alternative sources. https://instituteforpr.org/2020-disinformation-report/. If you are an academic researcher who would like access to the data, please contact Tina McCorkindale at [email protected]. 18

Americans said President Trump should be most responsible for combatting disinformation.

More than half of respondents pointed to 14 groups and individuals they consider to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation. President Trump (63%) was deemed most often to be “very responsible” for combatting disinformation, followed by the U.S. government (62%), Congress (61%), federal agencies (61%), and journalists (61%). Among business sources, marketers and advertisers (57%), public relations professionals (54%), Of the 32 sources available for respondents to evaluate, every single one was listed as being “very and companies/corporations (53%) were considered culpable for spreading disinformation. Along responsible” by at least 25% of respondents (“my employer” was deemed least often to be “very with Facebook (70%), Twitter (57%) and YouTube (50%) were the other social media platforms responsible” for combatting disinformation). Dierences among political demographics were not deemed at least “somewhat” responsible by at least half the respondents. In the media, journalists signi cant regarding this responsibility. (61%), Fox News (TV) (55%), CNN (51%), and FOX (TV) (50%) were all reported by at least half of the respondents to be at least somewhat responsible for spreading disinformation.

WHICH SOURCES ARE THE LEAST RESPONSIBLE FOR SPREADING DISINFORMATION?

Personal networks are the least responsible for spreading disinformation. “People like me,” federal agencies, and local broadcast news are doing the best job at trying to combat disinformation. Personal connections and networks were identi ed as being some of the least responsible sources for spreading disinformation. Only 9% held friends responsible for disinformation, 8% For the second year in a row, more than half of Americans said, “people like me” (51%) are doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation. Federal agencies (47%), local broadcast news blamed their employer and 9% found their LinkedIn network at fault. Americans said “people like (47%), and fact-checking websites such as Snopes and PolitiFact (45%) were credited with helping me” (10%) and “people NOT like me” (10%) are not very culpable in spreading disinformation. as well.

Who is Doing a Good Job Combatting Disinformation? Group or Individual Percentage Saying Group/Individual Combats Disinformation at Least “Somewhat Well” People like me 51% Federal agencies (e.g., CDC, FDA) 47% Local broadcast TV news 47% Fact-checking websites (e.g., Snopes, PolitiFact) 45% Network TV news stations (e.g., ABC, CBS) 43% Local newspapers 43% The Supreme Court 40% Radio news (e.g., NPR) 39% Journalists 39% Newspapers (e.g., WSJ, NYT) 38% Internet search engines (e.g., Google, Bing) 38%

More than half of the respondents said the following were doing “not too well” or “not at all well” in combatting disinformation that appears in the media: social media sites (60%), marketers and advertisers (55%), celebrities (55%), Congress (53%), political activist groups (52%), and the general public (50%).

Political aliation played a role as Democrats were more likely than Republicans to say Joe Biden was doing at least “somewhat well” in combatting disinformation (55% vs. 15%, respectively). On the other hand, 62% of Republicans thought President Trump was doing at least “somewhat well” compared to only 13% of Democrats who gave Trump a high score.

GROUP 6: EXPOSURE TO DISINFORMATION, NEWS, AND MEDIA

How often do Americans come across news or information that misrepresents reality or is false?

Nearly half of Americans (49%) said they come across false news or information almost every day, and nearly three-quarters (74%) reported contact with it at least once a week.

Make a pie chart: Every day or almost every day: 49% At least once a week: 25%